blob: 8c780296a7da4b843c81aef39d529687b990043b [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000119 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
130 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
132 // block or function pointer call.
133 QualType Ty = V->getType();
134 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
135 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000136 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
137 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000138 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
139 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
140 unsigned k;
141 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
142 if (nullPos)
143 --nullPos;
144 else
145 ++i;
146 }
147 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
148 }
149 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
150 isMethod = 2;
151 }
152 else
153 return;
154 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000155 else
156 return;
157
158 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 return;
162 }
163 int sentinel = i;
164 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
165 --sentinelPos;
166 ++i;
167 }
168 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
169 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000170 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000171 return;
172 }
173 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
174 ++i;
175 ++sentinel;
176 }
177 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
178 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
179 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000180 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000181 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000182 }
183 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000184}
185
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000186SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
187 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
188 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
189}
190
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192// Standard Promotions and Conversions
193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
194
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000195/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
196void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
197 QualType Ty = E->getType();
198 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
199
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000200 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
201 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000202 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
203 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
204 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
205 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
206 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
207 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
208 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000209 //
210 // C++ 4.2p1:
211 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
212 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
213 //
214 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
215 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000216 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
217 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000220/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
221/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
222///
223/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
224/// promotion occurs.
225static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000226 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
227 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 return QualType();
229
230 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
231 if (!BT)
232 return QualType();
233
234 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
235 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
237 return QualType();
238
239 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
240 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
241 return QualType();
242
243 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
244 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
245 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
246 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
247 return Context.IntTy;
248
249 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
250 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
251
252 return QualType();
253}
254
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000255/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
256/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
257/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
258/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
259/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
260Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
263
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000264 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
265 //
266 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
267 // unsigned int may be used:
268 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
269 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
270 // and unsigned int.
271 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
272 //
273 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
274 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
275 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
276 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
277 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000278 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000279 return Expr;
280 } else {
281 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
282 if (!T.isNull()) {
283 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
284 return Expr;
285 }
286 }
287
288 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000289 return Expr;
290}
291
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000292/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
293/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
294/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
295void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
296 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
297 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
298
299 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
300 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
301 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
302 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
303
304 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
305}
306
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000307/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
308/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
309/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
310/// completely illegal.
311bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000312 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
313
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000314 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
315 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
316 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
317 << Expr->getType() << CT;
318 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000319 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000320
321 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
322 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
323 << Expr->getType() << CT;
324
325 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000326}
327
328
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000329/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
330/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
331/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
332/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
333/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
334/// GCC.
335QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
336 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000337 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339
340 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000341
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000342 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
343 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000344 QualType lhs =
345 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
346 QualType rhs =
347 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000348
349 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
350 if (lhs == rhs)
351 return lhs;
352
353 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
354 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
355 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
356 return lhs;
357
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000358 // Perform bitfield promotions.
359 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
363 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
364 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
365
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000366 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000367 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000368 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000370 return destType;
371}
372
373QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
374 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
375 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
376 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
377 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
378 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000379 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
380 lhs = Context.IntTy;
381 else
382 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
383 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
384 rhs = Context.IntTy;
385 else
386 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000387
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000388 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
389 if (lhs == rhs)
390 return lhs;
391
392 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
393 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
394 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
395 return lhs;
396
397 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
398
399 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
400 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
401 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
402 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
403 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000404 return lhs;
405 }
406 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
407 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000408 return rhs;
409 }
410 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
411 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
412 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
413 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
414 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
415 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
416 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
417 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
418 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
419 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
420 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
421
422 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
423 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000424 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
425 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000426 }
427 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
428 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
429 // does not require this promotion.
430 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
431 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000432 return rhs;
433 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000434 return lhs;
435 }
436 }
437 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
438 }
439 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
440 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
441 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000442 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000443 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 return lhs;
445 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000446 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
447 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
448 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
449 }
450 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000451 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 return rhs;
453 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000454 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
455 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
456 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
457 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000458 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
459 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
460 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000461 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000463 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
464 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000465 }
466 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
467 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
468 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
469 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470
471 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
472 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000473 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
474 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return rhs;
476 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return lhs;
479 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
480 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000481 return rhs;
482 }
483 }
484 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
485 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
486 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
487 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
488 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
489 QualType destType;
490 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
491 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
492 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
493 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
494 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
495 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
496 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
497 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
498 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
499 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
500 // use the signed type.
501 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
502 } else {
503 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
504 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
505 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
506 // to the signed type.
507 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
508 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000509 return destType;
510}
511
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
513// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
514//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
515
516
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000517/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000518/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
519/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
520/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
521/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000522///
523Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000524Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000525 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
526
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000527 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000528 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000529 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000530
531 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
532 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
533 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000536 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000537 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000538
539 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
541 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000543 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
544 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
545 // strings.
546 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000547 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000548 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000549
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000550 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000551 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
552 Literal.GetStringLength(),
553 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
554 &StringTokLocs[0],
555 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000556}
557
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000558/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
559/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
560/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
561/// for values inside the block or for globals).
562///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000563/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
564/// up-to-date.
565///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000566static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
567 ValueDecl *VD) {
568 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
569 // we wanted to.
570 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
571 return false;
572
573 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
574 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
575 return false;
576
577 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
578 // snapshot it.
579 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
580 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000581 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
582 return false;
583
584 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
585 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
586
587 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
588 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
589 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
590 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
591 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
592 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
593 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
594 // having a reference outside it.
595 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
596 break;
597
598 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
599 // a snapshot as well.
600 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
601 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000602
603 return true;
604}
605
606
607
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000608/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000609/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000610/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000611/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000612/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000613Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
614 IdentifierInfo &II,
615 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000616 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
617 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
618 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000619 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000620}
621
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000622/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
623/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
624/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000625Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
627 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
628 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson9bd48662009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000629 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
630 Diag(Loc,
631 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
632 << D->getDeclName();
633 return ExprError();
634 }
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000635
636 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
637 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
638 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
639 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
641 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
642 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
643 << D->getIdentifier();
644 return ExprError();
645 }
646 }
647 }
648 }
649
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000650 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651
652 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000653 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000654 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
655 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000656 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000657 } else
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000658 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
659
660 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000661}
662
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000663/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
664/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
665/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000666static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
667 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000668 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
669 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
670
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000671 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
672 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
673 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000675 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
676 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000677 D != DEnd; ++D) {
678 if (*D == Record) {
679 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
680 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
681 ++D;
682 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000683 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000684 return *D;
685 }
686 }
687
688 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
689 return 0;
690}
691
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000692/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
693/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
694/// actual member.
695///
696/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
697/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
698/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
699/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
700/// we found.
701///
702/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
703/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
704/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
705VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000707 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
708 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
709 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
710
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000711 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000712 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
713 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
714 do {
715 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000716 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000717 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000718 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000719 else {
720 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
721 break;
722 }
723 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
724 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
725 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000726
727 return BaseObject;
728}
729
730Sema::OwningExprResult
731Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
732 FieldDecl *Field,
733 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
734 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
735 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
736 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
737 AnonFields);
738
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000739 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
740 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
741 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
742 // found via name lookup.
743 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
744 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
745 if (BaseObject) {
746 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
747 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000748 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000750 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000751 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000752 ExtraQuals
753 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
754 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
755 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
756 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
757 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
758 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +0000759 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000760 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
761 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
762 }
763 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
764 } else {
765 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
766 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
767 // program our base object expression is "this".
768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
769 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
770 QualType AnonFieldType
771 = Context.getTagDeclType(
772 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
773 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
774 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
775 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
776 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
777 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000778 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000779 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000780 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
781 }
782 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
784 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 }
786 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
787 }
788
789 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000790 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
791 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000792 }
793
794 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
795 // anonymous struct/union.
796 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000797 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000798 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
799 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
800 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
801 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
802 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
803 unsigned combinedQualifiers
804 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
805 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
806 }
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000807 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
808 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000809 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000810 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
811 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000812 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
813 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814 }
815
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000816 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000817}
818
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000819/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
820/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
821/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
822/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
823/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
824/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
825/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
826/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
827/// forms.
828///
829/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
830/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
831/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
832/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000833///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000834/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
835/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
836/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
837/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000838Sema::OwningExprResult
839Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
840 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000842 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000844 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
845 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000846
847 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
848 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
849 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
850 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000851 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000852 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000853 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
854 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson4e8d5692009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000855 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
856 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000857 }
858
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000859 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
860 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000861
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000862 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
863 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
864 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
865 : SourceRange());
866 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000867 }
868
869 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000870
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000871 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
872 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
874 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000875 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
876 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
878 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
879 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000880 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000881 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000882 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000884 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000885 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
886 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000887
888 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
889 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
890 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
891 return ExprError();
892
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000893 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
894 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
895 // an error.
896 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
897 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
898 << IV->getDeclName());
899 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
900 // same name exists, use the global.
901 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000902 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
903 ClassDeclared != IFace)
904 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000905 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
906 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000907 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argiris Kirtzidis3bb49042009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000908 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
909 II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000910 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000911 return Owned(new (Context)
912 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000913 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000915 }
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000917 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
918 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
919 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000920 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000921 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000922 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
923 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000924 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000925 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000926 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000927 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000928 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000929 QualType T;
930
931 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000932 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
933 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000934 else
935 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000936 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000937 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000938 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000939
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000940 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
941 // argument-dependent lookup.
942 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
943 HasTrailingLParen;
944
945 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000946 // We've seen something of the form
947 //
948 // identifier(
949 //
950 // and we did not find any entity by the name
951 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
952 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
953 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
954 Context.OverloadTy,
955 Loc));
956 }
957
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000958 if (D == 0) {
959 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
960 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000961 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000962 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000963 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000964 else {
965 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
966 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000967 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
969 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000970 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
971 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000972 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
973 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000974 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000975 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000976 }
977 }
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000978
979 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
980 // Warn about constructs like:
981 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
982 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
983
984 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
985 // information to check this property.
986 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
987 Scope *CheckS = S;
988 while (CheckS) {
989 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
990 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
991 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
992 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
993 << Var->getDeclName());
994 else
995 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
996 << Var->getDeclName());
997 break;
998 }
999
1000 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1001 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1002 if (CheckS)
1003 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1004 }
1005 }
1006 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1008 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1009 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1010 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1011 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1012 // type.
1013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1014 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001015
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001016 QualType T = Func->getType();
1017 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1018 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1019 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1020 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1025}
1026
1027/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1028Sema::OwningExprResult
1029Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1030 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1031 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1032 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1033 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1034 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1035
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001036 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1037 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1038 // not any specific instance's member.
1039 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001040 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001041 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001042 QualType DType;
1043 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1044 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1045 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1046 DType = Method->getType();
1047 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1048 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1049 }
1050 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1051 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1052 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1053 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001054 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001055 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001056 }
1057 }
1058 }
1059
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001060 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1061 // (C++ [class.union]).
1062 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1063 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1064 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001066 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1067 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1068 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1069 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1070 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1071 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1072 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1073 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1074 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1075 QualType MemberType;
1076 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1077 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1078 MemberType = FD->getType();
1079
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001080 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001081 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1082 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1083 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1084 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1085 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1086 }
1087 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1088 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1089 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1090 MemberType = Method->getType();
1091 }
1092 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1093 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1094 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1095 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1096 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1097 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1098 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1099 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1100 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1102 break;
1103 }
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001106
1107 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001108 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1109 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1110 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1111 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1112 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1113 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001114 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001115 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001116 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001117 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001118 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001119 }
1120 }
1121 }
1122 }
1123
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001124 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001125 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1126 if (MD->isStatic())
1127 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001128 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1129 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001130 }
1131
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001132 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1133 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1134 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001135 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1136 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001137 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001138
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001139 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001140 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001141 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001142 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001143 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001144 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001145
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001146 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001147 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001148 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1149 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001150 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001151 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1152 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001153 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001154
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001155 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1156 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1157 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1158 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor6ef403d2009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001159 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1160 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001161 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1162 return ExprError();
1163
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001164 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1165 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166 return ExprError();
1167
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001168 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1169 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1170 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1171 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001172 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001173 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1174 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1175 //
1176 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001177 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001178 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001179 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001180 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001181 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001182 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1183 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001184 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001185
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001186 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001187 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1188 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001189 }
1190 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1191 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001192
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001193 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001194 bool ValueDependent = false;
1195 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1196 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1197 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1198 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1199 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1200 TypeDependent = true;
1201 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1202 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1203 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1204 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1205 TypeDependent = true;
1206 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1207 // names a dependent type.
1208 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001209 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001210 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1211 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001212 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001213 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1214 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1215 TypeDependent = true;
1216 break;
1217 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001218 }
1219 }
1220 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001221
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001222 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1223 //
1224 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1225 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1226 if (TypeDependent)
1227 ValueDependent = true;
1228 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1229 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1230 ValueDependent = true;
1231 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1232 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001233 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1234 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1235 Dcl->getInit()) {
1236 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1237 }
1238 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001239 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001240
Anders Carlsson4571d812009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001241 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1242 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001243}
1244
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1246 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001247 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001248
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001249 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001250 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001251 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1252 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1253 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001255
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001256 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1257 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001258 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001259 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1260 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001261 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1262 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1263 else {
1264 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1265 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1266 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1267 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
1269
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001270 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001271 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001272 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001273 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274}
1275
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001277 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1278 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1279 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1280 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001281
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001282 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1283 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1284 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001286
1287 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1288
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001289 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1290 Literal.isWide(),
1291 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001292}
1293
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1295 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001296 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1297 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001298 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001299 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001300 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001301 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001302 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001303
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001305 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1306 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001307 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001309 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1310 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001312 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1313 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1314 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315 return ExprError();
1316
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001317 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001318
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001319 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001320 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001321 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001322 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001323 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001324 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001325 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001326 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001327
1328 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1329
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001330 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1331 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnerff1bf1a2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001332 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1333 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001335 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001336 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001337 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001338 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001339
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001340 // long long is a C99 feature.
1341 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001342 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001343 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1344
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001345 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001346 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1349 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1350 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1352 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001353 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 } else {
1355 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1356 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001357
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001358 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1359 // be an unsigned int.
1360 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1361
1362 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001363 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001364 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1365 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001366 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001367
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001368 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1369 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1370 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1371 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001372 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001374 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001375 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001376 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001377 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001379 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001380 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001381 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001382
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001383 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1384 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1385 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1386 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001387 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001388 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001389 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001391 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001392 }
1393
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001395 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001396 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001397
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001398 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1399 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1400 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1401 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001402 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001403 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001404 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001405 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001406 }
1407 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001408
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001409 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1410 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001411 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001412 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001413 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001414 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001415 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001416
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001417 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1418 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001419 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001420 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001421 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001422
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001423 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1424 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001425 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1426 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001427
1428 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001429}
1430
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001431Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1432 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001433 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001434 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001435 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001436}
1437
1438/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1439/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001440bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001441 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1442 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1443 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001444 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1445 return false;
1446
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001447 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001448 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001449 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001450 if (isSizeof)
1451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1452 return false;
1453 }
1454
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001455 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001456 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001457 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1458 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001459 return false;
1460 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001461
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001462 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1463 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1464 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1465 ExprRange))
1466 return true;
1467
1468 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001469 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001471 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1472 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001473 }
1474
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001475 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001476}
1477
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001478bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1479 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1480 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001481
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001482 // alignof decl is always ok.
1483 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1484 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001485
1486 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1487 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1488 return false;
1489
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001490 if (E->getBitField()) {
1491 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1492 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001493 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001494
1495 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1496 // bit-field.
1497 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump6eeaa782009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001498 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001499 return false;
1500
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001501 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1502}
1503
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001504/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1505Action::OwningExprResult
1506Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1507 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1508 if (T.isNull())
1509 return ExprError();
1510
1511 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1512 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1513 return ExprError();
1514
1515 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1516 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1517 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1518 R.getEnd()));
1519}
1520
1521/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1522/// operand.
1523Action::OwningExprResult
1524Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1525 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1526 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1527 bool isInvalid = false;
1528 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1529 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1530 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1531 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001532 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001533 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1534 isInvalid = true;
1535 } else {
1536 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1537 }
1538
1539 if (isInvalid)
1540 return ExprError();
1541
1542 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1543 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1544 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1545 R.getEnd()));
1546}
1547
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001548/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1549/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1550/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001552Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1553 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001554 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001556
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001557 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001558 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1559 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1560 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001561
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001562 // Get the end location.
1563 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1564 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1565 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1566
1567 if (Result.isInvalid())
1568 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1569
1570 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001571}
1572
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001573QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001574 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1575 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001576
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001577 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001578 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1579 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001580
1581 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1582 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1583 return V->getType();
1584
1585 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001586 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1587 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001588 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001589}
1590
1591
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001592
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001593Action::OwningExprResult
1594Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1595 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1596 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001597
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001598 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1599 switch (Kind) {
1600 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1601 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1602 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1603 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1606 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1607 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001609 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1610
1611 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1612 //
1613 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1614 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1615 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1616 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1617 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1618 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1619 // argument will have value zero.
1620 Expr *Args[2] = {
1621 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001622 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1623 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624 };
1625
1626 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1627 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001628 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001629
1630 // Perform overload resolution.
1631 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001632 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001633 case OR_Success: {
1634 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1635 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1636
1637 if (FnDecl) {
1638 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1639 // operator.
1640
1641 // Convert the arguments.
1642 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1643 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001644 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001645 } else {
1646 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001647 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001648 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1649 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001650 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001651 }
1652
1653 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001654 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001655 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1656 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001657
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001658 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001659 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001660 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001661 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1662
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001664 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001665 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1666 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1667 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001668 } else {
1669 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1670 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1671 // operator node.
1672 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1673 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675
1676 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001678 }
1679
1680 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1681 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1682 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1683 break;
1684
1685 case OR_Ambiguous:
1686 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1687 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1688 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1689 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001691
1692 case OR_Deleted:
1693 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1694 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1695 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1696 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1697 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1698 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001699 }
1700
1701 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1702 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1703 // build a built-in operation.
1704 }
1705
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001706 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1707 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001708 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709 return ExprError();
1710 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001711 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001712}
1713
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001714Action::OwningExprResult
1715Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1716 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1717 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1718 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001719
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001720 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001721 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1722 Base.release();
1723 Idx.release();
1724 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1725 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1726 }
1727
1728 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001730 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1731 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1732 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1734 // to the candidate set.
1735 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1736 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001737 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1738 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001739
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001740 // Perform overload resolution.
1741 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001742 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001743 case OR_Success: {
1744 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1745 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1746
1747 if (FnDecl) {
1748 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1749 // operator.
1750
1751 // Convert the arguments.
1752 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1753 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1754 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1755 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1756 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001757 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001758 } else {
1759 // Convert the arguments.
1760 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1761 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1762 "passing") ||
1763 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1764 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1765 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001766 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001767 }
1768
1769 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001770 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001771 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1772 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001773
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001774 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001775 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1776 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001777 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1778
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001779 Base.release();
1780 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001781 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1782 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001783 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1784 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001785 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001786 } else {
1787 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1788 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1789 // operator node.
1790 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1791 "passing") ||
1792 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1793 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795
1796 break;
1797 }
1798 }
1799
1800 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1801 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1802 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1803 break;
1804
1805 case OR_Ambiguous:
1806 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1807 << "[]"
1808 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1809 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001810 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001811
1812 case OR_Deleted:
1813 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1814 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1815 << "[]"
1816 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1817 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1818 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001819 }
1820
1821 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1822 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1823 // build a built-in operation.
1824 }
1825
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001826 // Perform default conversions.
1827 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1828 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001829
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001830 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1831
1832 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001833 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001834 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001835 // and index from the expression types.
1836 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1837 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001838 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1839 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1840 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1841 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001842 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001843 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1844 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001845 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001846 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001847 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1848 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1849 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001850 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001851 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1852 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1853 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1854 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1855 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1856 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1857 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1858 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1859 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1860 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1861 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001862 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1863 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001864 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001865
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001866 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1867 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001868 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1869 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1870 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1871 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1872 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1873 // force the promotion here.
1874 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1875 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1876 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1877 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1878
1879 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1880 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001881 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001882 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1883 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1884 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1885 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1886 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1887 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1888
1889 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1890 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00001891 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001892 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001893 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1894 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001895 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001896 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001897 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001898 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1899 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001900
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001901 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1902 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1903 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1904 // incomplete types are not object types.
1905 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1906 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1907 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1908 return ExprError();
1909 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001910
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001911 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001912 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001913 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1914 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001915
1916 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1917 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1918 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1919 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1920 return ExprError();
1921 }
1922
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001923 Base.release();
1924 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001925 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001926 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001927}
1928
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001929QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001930CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001931 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001932 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001933
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001934 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1935 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001936
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001937 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001938 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1939 // to be selected.
1940 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001941
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001942 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1943 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begemane2ed6f72009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001944 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001945
1946 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1947 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001948 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001949 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1950 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001951 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001952 do
1953 compStr++;
1954 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001955 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001956 do
1957 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001958 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001959 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001960
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001961 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001962 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1963 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001964 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1965 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001966 return QualType();
1967 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001968
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001969 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1970 // operates on.
1971 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1972 compStr = CompName.getName();
1973
1974 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001975 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001976
1977 while (*compStr) {
1978 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1979 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1980 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1981 return QualType();
1982 }
1983 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001984 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001985
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001986 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1987 // number of elements.
1988 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001990 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001991 return QualType();
1992 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001993
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001994 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001995 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001996 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001997 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001998 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001999 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2000 : CompName.getLength();
2001 if (HexSwizzle)
2002 CompSize--;
2003
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002004 if (CompSize == 1)
2005 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002006
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002007 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002008 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002009 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2010 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2011 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2012 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002013 }
2014 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002015}
2016
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002017static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2018 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002019 const Selector &Sel,
2020 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002021
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002022 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002023 return PD;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002024 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002025 return OMD;
2026
2027 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2028 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002029 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2030 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002031 return D;
2032 }
2033 return 0;
2034}
2035
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002036static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002037 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002038 const Selector &Sel,
2039 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002040 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2041 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002042 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002044 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045 GDecl = PD;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002049 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002050 GDecl = OMD;
2051 break;
2052 }
2053 }
2054 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002055 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002056 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2057 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002058 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002059 if (GDecl)
2060 return GDecl;
2061 }
2062 }
2063 return GDecl;
2064}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002065
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002066/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2067/// all base class implementations.
2068///
2069ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2070 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2071 const Selector &Sel) {
2072 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisb1c4ee52009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002073 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002074 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002075
2076 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2077 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2078 return Method;
2079}
2080
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002081Action::OwningExprResult
2082Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2083 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002084 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002085 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002086 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002087 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002088
2089 // Perform default conversions.
2090 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002092 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2093 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002094
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002095 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2096 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002097 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002098 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002099 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2100 BaseExpr, true,
2101 OpLoc,
2102 DeclarationName(&Member),
2103 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002104 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002105 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002106 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2107 ;
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002108 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002109 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2110 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002111 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2113 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2114 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002115 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002116 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2117 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2118 // (so we'll report an error for)
2119 // T* t;
2120 // t.f;
2121 //
2122 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2123 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2124 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002125 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002126
2127 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2128 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002129 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2130 BaseExpr, false,
2131 OpLoc,
2132 DeclarationName(&Member),
2133 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002134 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002135 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002137 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2138 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002139 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002140 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002141 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002142 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2143 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2144 return ExprError();
2145
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002146 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002147 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002148 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002149 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002150 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002151
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002152 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002153 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2154 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002155 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002156 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2157 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2158 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002159 }
2160
2161 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002162
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002163 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2164 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2165 // error cases.
2166 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2167 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002168
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002169 // Check the use of this field
2170 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2171 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002172
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002173 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002174 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2175 // (C++ [class.union]).
2176 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002177 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002178 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002179
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002180 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002181 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002182 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002183 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2184 else {
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002185 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002186 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2187 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002188 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002189 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2190 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wang04d89cb2009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002191 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2192 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002193 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002194
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002195 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002196 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2197 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002198 }
2199
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002200 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2201 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002202 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002203 Var, MemberLoc,
2204 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002205 }
2206 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2207 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002208 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002209 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2210 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002211 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002212 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2213 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002214 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002215 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002216 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2217 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002218 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2219 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002220 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002221 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002222 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2223 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002224
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002225 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2226 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2227 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002228 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2229 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2230 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002231 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002232
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002233 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002234 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002235 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2236 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2237 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2238 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2239 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2240 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2241 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2242 // Check the use of this method.
2243 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2244 return ExprError();
2245 }
2246 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2247 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2248 Selector SetterSel =
2249 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2250 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2251 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2252 if (!Setter) {
2253 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2254 // methods.
2255 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2256 }
2257 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002258 if (!Setter)
2259 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002260
2261 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2262 return ExprError();
2263
2264 if (Getter || Setter) {
2265 QualType PType;
2266
2267 if (Getter)
2268 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2269 else {
2270 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2271 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2272 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2273 }
2274 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2275 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2276 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2277 }
2278 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2279 << &Member << BaseType);
2280 }
2281 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002282 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2283 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002284 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2285 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2286 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2287 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2288 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002289
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002290 if (IFaceT) {
2291 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2292 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2293 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2294
2295 if (IV) {
2296 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2297 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2298 // error cases.
2299 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2300 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002301
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002302 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2303 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2304 return ExprError();
2305 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2306 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2307 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2308 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2309 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2310 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2311 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2312 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2313 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2314 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2315 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2316 // AST for a function decl.
2317 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2318 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2319 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2320 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2321 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2322 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2323 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2324 }
2325
2326 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2327 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2328 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2329 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2330 << IV->getDeclName();
2331 }
2332 // @protected
2333 else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2334 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2335 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002336 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002337
2338 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2339 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2340 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002341 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002342 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2343 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2344 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002345 }
Steve Naroff4e743962009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002346 // We don't have an interface. FIXME: deal with ObjC builtin 'id' type.
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002347 }
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002348 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2349 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2350 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2352
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002353 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2354 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2355 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2356 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2357 // Check the use of this declaration
2358 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2359 return ExprError();
2360
2361 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2362 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2363 }
2364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2365 // Check the use of this method.
2366 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2367 return ExprError();
2368
2369 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2370 OMD->getResultType(),
2371 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2372 NULL, 0));
2373 }
2374 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002375
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002376 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2377 << &Member << BaseType);
2378 }
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002379 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2380 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002381 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2382 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2383 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2384 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2385 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2386
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002387 // Search for a declared property first.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002388 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002389 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2390 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2391 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002392 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2393 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002394 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002395 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2396 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002397 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002398 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2399 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002400 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002401 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2402 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002403 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002404 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2405 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2406 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002407
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002408 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002409 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2410 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002411 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2412 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2413 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2414 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2415 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2416 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002417
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002418 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2419 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2420 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002421 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2422 // selector is implemented.
2423
2424 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2425 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2426
2427 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002428 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002429
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002430 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2431 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002432 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002433
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002434 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002435 if (!Getter)
2436 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002437 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002438 // Check if we can reference this property.
2439 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2440 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002441 }
2442 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2443 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2444 Selector SetterSel =
2445 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2446 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002447 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002448 if (!Setter) {
2449 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2450 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002451 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002452 }
2453 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argiris Kirtzidis20096862009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002454 if (!Setter)
2455 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002456
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002457 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2458 return ExprError();
2459
2460 if (Getter || Setter) {
2461 QualType PType;
2462
2463 if (Getter)
2464 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2465 else {
2466 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2467 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2468 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2469 }
2470 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2471 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2472 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2473 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002474 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2475 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002476 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002477
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002478 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002479 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002480 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2481 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002482 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002483 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002484 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002485 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002486
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002487 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2488 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2489
2490 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2491 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2492 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2493 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2494 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2495 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002496 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002497 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2498 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2499 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2500 }
2501
2502 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002503}
2504
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002505/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2506/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2507/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2508/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2509/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2510/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002511bool
2512Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002514 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002515 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2516 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002517 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2519 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2520 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002521 bool Invalid = false;
2522
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002523 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2524 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2525 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2526 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2527 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2528 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2529 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2530 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002531 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002532 }
2533
2534 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2535 // them.
2536 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2537 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2538 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2539 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2540 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2541 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2542 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2543 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002544 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002545 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002546 }
2547 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2548 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002550 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2551 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2552 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002553
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002554 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002555 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002557
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002558 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2559 ProtoArgType,
2560 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2561 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2562 return true;
2563
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002564 // Pass the argument.
2565 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2566 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002567 } else {
2568 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2569 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2570 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2571 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2572 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2573 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002574 } else {
2575 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2576
2577 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2578 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2579 // be properly destroyed.
2580 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2581 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2582 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2583 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2584 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2585 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2586 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002587 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002588
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002589 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002590 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002591 }
2592
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002593 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002594
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002595 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2596 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002597
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002598 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2599 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002600 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2601 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2602 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2603 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2604 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2605
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2607 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2608 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002609 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002610 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2611 }
2612 }
2613
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002614 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002615}
2616
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002617/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002618/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2619/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002620Action::OwningExprResult
2621Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2622 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002624 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002625 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002626 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002627 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002628 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002629 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002630 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002631
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002632 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002633 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002634 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002635 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2636 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002637 bool Dependent = false;
2638 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2639 Dependent = true;
2640 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2641 Dependent = true;
2642
2643 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002644 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002645 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2646
2647 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2648 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2649 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2650 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2651
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002652 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002653 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2654 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2655 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2656 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2657 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2658 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2659 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002660 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2661 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002662 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002663 }
2664
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002665 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002666 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2667 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002668 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2669 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002670 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2671 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2672 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002673 while (true) {
2674 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2675 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2676 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002677 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002678 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002679 ADL = false;
2680 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2681 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002682 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002683 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2684 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002685 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002686 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2687 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002688 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002689 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002690 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002691 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2692 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2693 break;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002694 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2695 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2696 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002697 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2698 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2699 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2700
2701 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2702 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2703 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2704 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2705 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2706 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2707 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2708 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2709 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2710 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2711 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2712 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2713 //
2714 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2715 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2716 // is still possible.
2717 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2718 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002719 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002720 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002721 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2722 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2723 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 break;
2725 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002726 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002727
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002728 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002729 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002730 if (NDecl) {
2731 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2732 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002733 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2734 else
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002735 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2736 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002737 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002738
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002739 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2740 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002741 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002742 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002743 ADL = false;
2744
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002745 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2746 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2747 ADL = false;
2748
Douglas Gregorb60eb752009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002749 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregorc9a03b72009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002750 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2751 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2752 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2753 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2754 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2755 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002756 if (!FDecl)
2757 return ExprError();
2758
2759 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2760 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002761 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor28857752009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002762 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002763 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2764 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2765 false, false,
2766 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2767 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002768 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002769 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002770 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2771 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2772 Fn = NewFn;
2773 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002774 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002775
2776 // Promote the function operand.
2777 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2778
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002779 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2780 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002781 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2782 Args, NumArgs,
2783 Context.BoolTy,
2784 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002785
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002786 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2787 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2788 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2789 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002790 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002791 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002792 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2793 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002794 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2795 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002796 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002797 getAsFunctionType();
2798 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002799 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002800 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2801 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2802
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002803 // Check for a valid return type
2804 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2805 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2806 FuncT->getResultType(),
2807 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2808 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2809 return ExprError();
2810
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002811 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002812 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002813
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002814 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002816 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002817 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002818 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002819 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002820
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002821 if (FDecl) {
2822 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2823 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2824 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002825 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002826 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2827 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2828 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2829 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2830 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2831 }
2832 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002833 }
2834
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002835 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002836 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2837 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2838 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002839 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2840 Arg->getType(),
2841 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2842 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2843 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002844 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002845 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002846 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002847
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002848 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2849 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002850 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2851 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002852
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002853 // Check for sentinels
2854 if (NDecl)
2855 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002856 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002857 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002858 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002859 if (NDecl)
2860 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002861
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002862 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002863}
2864
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002865Action::OwningExprResult
2866Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2867 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002868 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002869 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2870 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002871 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002872 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002873
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002874 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002875 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002876 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2877 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002878 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2879 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2880 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002881 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002882 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002883
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002884 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002885 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002886 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002887
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002888 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002889 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002890 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002891 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002892 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002893 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002894 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002895 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002896}
2897
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002898Action::OwningExprResult
2899Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002900 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2901 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2902 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002903
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002904 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002905 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002906
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002907 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002908 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002909 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002910 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002911}
2912
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002913/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002914bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002915 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2916
2917 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2918 // type needs to be scalar.
2919 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2920 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002921 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2922 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002923 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002924 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2925 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2926 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2927 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002928 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002929 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2930 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2931 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2932 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00002933 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002934 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002935 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002936 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2937 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2938 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2939 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2940 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2941 break;
2942 }
2943 }
2944 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2945 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2946 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2947 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002948 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002949 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002950 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002951 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002952 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002953 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002954 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2955 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002956 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002957 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
2958 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002959 return true;
2960 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2961 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2962 return true;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00002963 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2964 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2965 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002966 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002967 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002968 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2969 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2970 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2971 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2972 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2973 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2974 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2975 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2976 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2977 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2978 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002979 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002980 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2981 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002982 return false;
2983}
2984
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002985bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002986 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002987
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002988 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002989 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002990 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002991 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002992 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002993 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002994 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002995 } else
2996 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002997 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002998 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002999
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003000 return false;
3001}
3002
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003003bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3004 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3005
Nate Begeman9e063702009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003006 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3007 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003008 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3009 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3010 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3011 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3012 return false;
3013 }
3014
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003015 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003016 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3017 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003018 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3019 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3020 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3021 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begemanbd42e022009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003022 return false;
3023}
3024
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003025Action::OwningExprResult
3026Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3027 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3028 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3029 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003030
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003031 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003032 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
3033
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003034 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003035 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003036 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003037 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003038}
3039
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003040/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3041/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003042/// C99 6.5.15
3043QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3044 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003045 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3047 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3048
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003049 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3050 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3051 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3052 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3053 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3054 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003055
3056 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003057 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3058 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3059 << CondTy;
3060 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003061 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003062
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003063 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003064
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003065 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3066 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003067 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3068 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3069 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003070 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003071
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003072 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3073 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003074 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3075 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003076 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003077 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003078 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003079 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003080 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003081 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003083 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003084 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003085 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3086 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3087 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3088 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3089 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3090 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3091 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3092 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3093 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003094 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003095 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003096 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3097 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003098 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003099 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3100 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3101 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003102 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003103 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003104 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3105 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3106 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003107 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003108 // Handle block pointer types.
3109 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3110 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3111 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3112 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3113 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3114 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3115 return destType;
3116 }
3117 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3118 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3119 return QualType();
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003120 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003121 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3122 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3123 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003124 return LHSTy;
3125 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003126 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003127 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3128 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003129
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003130 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3131 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003132 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3133 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3134 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3135 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3136 // to get a consistent AST.
3137 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3138 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3139 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3140 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003141 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003142 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3143 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3144 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003145 return LHSTy;
3146 }
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003147 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003148 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003149
3150 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3151 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3152 return LHSTy;
3153 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003154 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3155 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003156 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3157
3158 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3159 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3160 // type. This allows
3161 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3162 // where B is a subclass of A.
3163 //
3164 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3165 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3166 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3167 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3168
3169 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3170 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003171 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003172 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003173 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003174 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003175 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3176 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3177 ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
3178 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3179 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3180 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3181 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3182 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3183 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003184 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3185 } else {
3186 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3187 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3188 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3189 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3190 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3191 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3192 return incompatTy;
3193 }
3194 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3195 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3196 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3197 return compositeType;
3198 }
3199 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3200 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3201 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003202 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3203 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff5ca84bc2009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003204
3205 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3206 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3207 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3208 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3209 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3210 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3211 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3212 return destType;
3213 }
3214 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3215 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3216 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3217 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3218 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3219 return destType;
3220 }
3221
3222 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3223 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3224 return LHSTy;
3225 }
3226 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3227 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3228 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3229 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3230 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3231 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3232 // to get a consistent AST.
3233 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3234 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3235 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3236 return incompatTy;
3237 }
3238 // The pointer types are compatible.
3239 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3240 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3241 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3242 // type.
3243 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3244 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3245 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3246 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3247 return LHSTy;
3248 }
3249
3250 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3251 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3252 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3253 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3254 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3255 return RHSTy;
3256 }
3257 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3258 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3259 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3260 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3261 return LHSTy;
3262 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003263
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003264 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003265 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3266 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003267 return QualType();
3268}
3269
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003270/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003271/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003272Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3273 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3274 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3275 ExprArg RHS) {
3276 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3277 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003278
3279 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3280 // was the condition.
3281 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3282 if (isLHSNull)
3283 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003284
3285 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003286 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3287 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003288 return ExprError();
3289
3290 Cond.release();
3291 LHS.release();
3292 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003293 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003294 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3295 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003296}
3297
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003298// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003299// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003300// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3301// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3302// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003303Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003304Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3305 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003306
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003307 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003308 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3309 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003310
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003311 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003312 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3313 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003314
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003315 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003316
3317 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3318 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3319 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003320 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003321 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003322 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003323
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003324 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3325 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003326 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003327 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003328 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003329 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003331 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003332 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3333 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003334 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003335
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003336 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003337 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003338 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003339
3340 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003341 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3342 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003343 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003344 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003345 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003346 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3347 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3348 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3349 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3350 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3351 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3352 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3353 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3354 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3355 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3356 }
3357 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3358 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3359 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3360 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3361 }
3362 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3363 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3364 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3365 // warning can be disabled.
3366 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3367 return ConvTy;
3368 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3369 }
3370 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3371 return IncompatiblePointer;
3372 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003373 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003374}
3375
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003376/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3377/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3378/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3379// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003380Sema::AssignConvertType
3381Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003382 QualType rhsType) {
3383 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003384
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003385 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003386 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3387 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003388
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003389 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3390 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3391 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003392
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003393 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003395 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3396 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3397 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003398
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003399 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003400 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003401 return ConvTy;
3402}
3403
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003404/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3405/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003406/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3407///
3408/// int a, *pint;
3409/// short *pshort;
3410/// struct foo *pfoo;
3411///
3412/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3413/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3414/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3415/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3416///
3417/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003418/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003419///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003420Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003421Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003422 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3423 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003424 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3425 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003426
3427 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003428 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003429
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003430 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3431 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3432 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3433 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3434 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3435 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3436 // type.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003437 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003438 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003439 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003440 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003441 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003442 // FIXME: Look into removing. With ObjCObjectPointerType, I don't see a need.
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003443 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3444 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003445 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003446 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3447 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3448 return IntToPointer;
3449 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3450 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003451 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003452 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003453 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3454 // to the same ExtVector type.
3455 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3456 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3457 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3458 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3459 return Compatible;
3460 }
3461
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003462 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003463 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003464 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003465 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003466 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3467 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003468 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003469 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003470 }
3471 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003472 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003473
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003474 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003475 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003476
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003477 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003478 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003479 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003480
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003481 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003482 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003483
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003484 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003485 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003486 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3487 return Compatible;
3488 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003489 }
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003490 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
3491 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003492 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003493
3494 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003495 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003496 return Compatible;
3497 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003498 return Incompatible;
3499 }
3500
3501 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3502 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003503 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003504
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003505 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003506 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003507 return Compatible;
3508
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003509 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3510 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003511
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003512 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003513 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003514 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003515 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003516 return Incompatible;
3517 }
3518
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003519 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3520 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3521 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003522
3523 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003524 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003525 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3526 return Compatible;
3527 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003528 }
3529 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7bffd372009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003530 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3531 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003532 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3533 return Compatible;
3534 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003535 }
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003536 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003537 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3538 return Compatible;
3539 }
3540 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3541 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3542 return Compatible;
3543 return Incompatible;
3544 }
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003545 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003546 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003547 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3548 return Compatible;
3549
3550 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003551 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003552
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003554 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003555
3556 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003557 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003558 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003559 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003560 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003561 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3562 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3563 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3564 return Compatible;
3565
3566 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3567 return PointerToInt;
3568
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003569 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003570 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff8194a542009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003571 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3572 return Compatible;
3573 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003574 }
3575 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003576 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003577 return Compatible;
3578 return Incompatible;
3579 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003580
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003581 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003582 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003583 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003584 }
3585 return Incompatible;
3586}
3587
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003588/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3589/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3590static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3591 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3592 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3593 // of the transparent union.
3594 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3595 &E, 1,
3596 SourceLocation());
3597 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3598 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3599
3600 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3601 // union type from this initializer list.
3602 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3603 false);
3604}
3605
3606Sema::AssignConvertType
3607Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3608 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3609
3610 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3611 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3612 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003613 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003614 return Incompatible;
3615
3616 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3617 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3618 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3619 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argiris Kirtzidisab6e38a2009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003620 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3621 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003622 it != itend; ++it) {
3623 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3624 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3625 // 1) void pointer
3626 // 2) null pointer constant
3627 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003628 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003629 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3630 InitField = *it;
3631 break;
3632 }
3633
3634 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3635 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3636 InitField = *it;
3637 break;
3638 }
3639 }
3640
3641 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3642 == Compatible) {
3643 InitField = *it;
3644 break;
3645 }
3646 }
3647
3648 if (!InitField)
3649 return Incompatible;
3650
3651 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3652 return Compatible;
3653}
3654
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003655Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003656Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003657 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3658 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3659 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3660 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3661 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003662 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3663 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003664 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003665 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003666 }
3667
3668 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3669 // structures.
3670 }
3671
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003672 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3673 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003674 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003675 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003677 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003678 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003679 return Compatible;
3680 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003681
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003682 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003683 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003684 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003685 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003686 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003687 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003688 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3689 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003690
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003691 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3692 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003694 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3695 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003696 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3697 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3698 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3699 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003700 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003701 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003702 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003703}
3704
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003705QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003706 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003707 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003708 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003709 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003710}
3711
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003712inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003713 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003714 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003715 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003716 QualType lhsType =
3717 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3718 QualType rhsType =
3719 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003721 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003722 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003723 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003724
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003725 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3726 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003727 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3728 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3729 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003730 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3731 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003732 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003733 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003734 }
3735 }
3736 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003737
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003738 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3739 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3740 bool swapped = false;
3741 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3742 swapped = true;
3743 std::swap(rex, lex);
3744 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3745 }
3746
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003747 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003748 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3749 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3750 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3751 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003752 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003753 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3754 return lhsType;
3755 }
3756 }
3757 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3758 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3759 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003760 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003761 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3762 return lhsType;
3763 }
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003764 }
3765 }
Nate Begeman0e0eadd2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003766
Nate Begemanf1695892009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003767 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003768 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003769 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003770 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003771 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003772}
3773
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003774inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003775 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003776{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003777 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003778 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003779
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003780 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003782 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003783 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003784 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003785}
3786
3787inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003789{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003790 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3791 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3792 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3793 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3794 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003795
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003796 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003797
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003798 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003799 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003800 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003801}
3802
3803inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003804 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003805{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003806 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3807 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3808 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3809 return compType;
3810 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003811
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003812 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003813
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003814 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003815 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3816 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3817 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003818 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003819 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003820
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003821 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3822 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003823 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003824 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3825
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003826 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003827
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003828 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003829 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003830
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003831 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3832 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003833 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3834 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003835 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003836 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003837 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003838
3839 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3840 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3841 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003842 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003843 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3844 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3845 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3846 return QualType();
3847 }
3848
3849 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3850 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3851 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003852 } else {
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003853 // Check if we require a complete type.
3854 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff3fc227b2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00003855 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff18b38122009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003856 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
3857 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
3858 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3859 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3860 PExp->getType()))
3861 return QualType();
3862 }
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003863 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3864 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3865 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3866 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3867 return QualType();
3868 }
3869
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003870 if (CompLHSTy) {
3871 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3872 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3873 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003874 else {
3875 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3876 if (!T.isNull())
3877 LHSTy = T;
3878 }
3879
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003880 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3881 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003882 return PExp->getType();
3883 }
3884 }
3885
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003886 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003887}
3888
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003889// C99 6.5.6
3890QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003891 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3892 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3893 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3894 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3895 return compType;
3896 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003898 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003899
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003900 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003901
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003902 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003903 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3904 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003905 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003906 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003907 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003908
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003909 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003910 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7982a642009-07-13 17:19:15 +00003911 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003912
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003913 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003914
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003915 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3916 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3917 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3918 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3919 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3920 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3921 return QualType();
3922 }
3923
3924 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3925 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3926 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3927 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3928 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003929 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003930 return QualType();
3931 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003932
3933 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3934 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3935 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3936 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3937 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3938 lex->getSourceRange(),
3939 SourceRange(),
3940 lex->getType()))
3941 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003942
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003943 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3944 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3945 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3946 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3947 return QualType();
3948 }
3949
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003950 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003951 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3952 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3953 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3954 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3955 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3956 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3957 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3958 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3959
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003960 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003961 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003962 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003963
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003964 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00003965 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003966 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003967
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003968 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3969 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3970 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3972 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3973 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3974 return QualType();
3975 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003976
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003977 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3978 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3979 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3980 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003981 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003982 return QualType();
3983 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003984
3985 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3986 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3987 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3988 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3989 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3990 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3991 rex->getSourceRange(),
3992 SourceRange(),
3993 rex->getType()))
3994 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003995
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3997 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3998 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4000 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4001 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4002 return QualType();
4003 }
4004 } else {
4005 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4006 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4007 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4008 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4010 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4011 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4012 return QualType();
4013 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004014 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004015
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004016 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4017 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4018 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4019 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4020 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4021 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4022 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004023
4024 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004025 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4026 }
4027 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004029 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004030}
4031
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004032// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004033QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004034 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004035 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4036 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004037 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004039 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4040 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004041 QualType LHSTy;
4042 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4043 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004044 else {
4045 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4046 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4047 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4048 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004049 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004050 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4051
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004052 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004053
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004054 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004055 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004056}
4057
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004058// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004059QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004060 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4061 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4062
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004063 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004064 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004065
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004066 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004067 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4068 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4069 else {
4070 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4071 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4072 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004073 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4074 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004076 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4077 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004078 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4079 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4080 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004081 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4082 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004083 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4084 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4085 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4086 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004087 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4088 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004090
4091 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4092 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4093 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4094 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4095
4096 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4097 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004098 Expr *literalString = 0;
4099 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004100 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004101 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4102 literalString = lex;
4103 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
4104 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004105 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4106 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004107 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4108 literalString = rex;
4109 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4110 }
4111
4112 if (literalString) {
4113 std::string resultComparison;
4114 switch (Opc) {
4115 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4116 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4117 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4118 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4119 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4120 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4121 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4122 }
4123 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4124 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4125 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004126 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4127 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4128 "strcmp(")
4129 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4130 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004131 resultComparison);
4132 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004133 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004135 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004136 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004137
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004138 if (isRelational) {
4139 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004140 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004141 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004142 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004143 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004144 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004145 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004146 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004147
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004148 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004149 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004150 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004151
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004152 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4153 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004154
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004155 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4156 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4157 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004158 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004159 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004160 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004161 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004162 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004164 if (isRelational) {
4165 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004166 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4167 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4168 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004169 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4170 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4171 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4172 }
4173 } else {
4174 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4175 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4176 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4177 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4178 }
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004179 }
Douglas Gregor4da47382009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004180
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004181 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4182 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4183 return ResultTy;
4184
4185 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4186 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4187 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4188 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4189 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4190 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4191 //
4192 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4193 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004194 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004195 if (T.isNull()) {
4196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4197 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4198 return QualType();
4199 }
4200
4201 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4202 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4203 return ResultTy;
4204 }
4205
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004206 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004207 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4208 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004209 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004210 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004211 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004212 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004213 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004214 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004215 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004216 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4217 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4218 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4219 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4220 return ResultTy;
4221 }
4222 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4223 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4224 return ResultTy;
4225 }
4226 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4227 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4228 return ResultTy;
4229 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004230 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004231 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004232 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4233 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004234
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004235 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004236 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004237 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004238 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004239 }
4240 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004241 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004242 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004243 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004244 if (!isRelational
4245 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4246 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004247 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004248 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004249 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004250 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004251 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4252 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4253 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004254 }
4255 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004256 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004257 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004258
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004259 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004260 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004261 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4262 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004264 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004265 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004266 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004268 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4269 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004270 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004271 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004272 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004273 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004274 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004275 }
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004276 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4277 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4278 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4279 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4280 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004281 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004282 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004283 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004284 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004285 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004286 if (isRelational)
4287 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4288 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4289 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004290 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004291 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004292 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004293 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004294 }
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004295 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf350c6e2009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004296 if (isRelational)
4297 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4298 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4299 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004300 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004301 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004302 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004303 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004304 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004305 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004306 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4307 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004308 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004309 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004310 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004311 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4312 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004313 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004314 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004315 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004316 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004317}
4318
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004319/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004320/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004321/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4322/// types.
4323QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004324 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004325 bool isRelational) {
4326 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4327 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004328 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004329 if (vType.isNull())
4330 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004332 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4333 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004334
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004335 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4336 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4337 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4338 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4339 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4340 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4341 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004342 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004343 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004344
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004345 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4346 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4347 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004348 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004349 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004350
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004351 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4352 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4353 // elements for floating point vectors.
4354 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4355 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004356
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004357 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004358 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004359 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004360 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004361 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004362 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4363
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004365 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004366 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4367}
4368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004369inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004370 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004371{
4372 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004373 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004374
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004375 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004376
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004377 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004378 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004379 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004380}
4381
4382inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004384{
4385 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4386 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004388 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004389 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004390 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004391}
4392
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004393/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4394/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4395/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4396///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004397static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004398{
4399 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4400 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4401 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4402 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004403 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4404 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4405 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4406 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4407 return true;
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004408 }
4409 }
4410 return false;
4411}
4412
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004413/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4414/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4415static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004416 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4417 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4418 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004419 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4420 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004421 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4422 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004424 unsigned Diag = 0;
4425 bool NeedType = false;
4426 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4427 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4428 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004430 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4431 NeedType = true;
4432 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004433 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004434 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4435 NeedType = true;
4436 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004437 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004438 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4439 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004440 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004441 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4442 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004443 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4444 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004445 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004446 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4447 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004448 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004449 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4450 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004451 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004452 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4453 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004454 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4455 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4456 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004457 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4458 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4459 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004460 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004461
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004462 SourceRange Assign;
4463 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4464 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004465 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004466 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004467 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004468 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004469 return true;
4470}
4471
4472
4473
4474// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004475QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4476 SourceLocation Loc,
4477 QualType CompoundType) {
4478 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4479 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004480 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004481
4482 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4483 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004485 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004486 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004487 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004488 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004489 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4490 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4491 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004492 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004493 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroffad75bd22009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004494 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004495 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004496
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004497 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4498 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4499 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004500 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004501 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4502 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4503 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4504 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4505 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004506 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004507 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004508 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4509 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4510 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004511 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4512 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004513 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4514 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4515 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004516 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004517 }
4518 } else {
4519 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004520 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004521 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004522
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004523 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4524 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004525 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004526
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004527 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4528 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004529 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004530 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4531 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004532 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004533 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004534 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004535}
4536
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004537// C99 6.5.17
4538QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004539 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004540 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004541
4542 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4543 // incomplete in C++).
4544
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004545 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004546}
4547
4548/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4549/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004550QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4551 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004552 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4553 return Context.DependentTy;
4554
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004555 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4556 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004557
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004558 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4559 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4560 if (!isInc) {
4561 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4562 return QualType();
4563 }
4564 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4565 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4566 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004567 // OK!
Steve Naroff79ae19a2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004568 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4569 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004570
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004571 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004572 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004573 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4574 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4575 << Op->getSourceRange();
4576 return QualType();
4577 }
4578
4579 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004580 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004581 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004582 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4583 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4584 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4585 return QualType();
4586 }
4587
4588 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004589 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004590 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004591 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4592 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4593 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004594 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian4738ac52009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004595 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4596 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4597 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4598 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4599 return QualType();
4600 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004601 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4602 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4603 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004604 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004605 } else {
4606 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004607 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004608 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004609 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004610 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004611 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004612 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004613 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004614 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004615}
4616
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004617/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004618/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004619/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4620/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4621/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4622/// - &(x) => x
4623/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4624/// - &s.xx => s
4625/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4626/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4627/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4628/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004629static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004630 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004631 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004632 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004633 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004634 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004635 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4636 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4637 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004638 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004639 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004640 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004641 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004642 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004643 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4644 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004645 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4646 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4647 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4648 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4649 }
4650 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004651 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004652 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4653 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004654
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004655 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004656 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4657 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4658 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4659 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4660 default:
4661 return 0;
4662 }
4663 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004664 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004665 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004666 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004667 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4668 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004669 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004670 default:
4671 return 0;
4672 }
4673}
4674
4675/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004676/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004677/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004678/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004679/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004680/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004681/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004682QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004683 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4684 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4685
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004686 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4687 return Context.DependentTy;
4688
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004689 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4690 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4691 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4692 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4693 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4694 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4695 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4696 }
4697 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4698 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4699 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004700 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004701 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004702
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004703 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4704 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004705 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004706 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004707 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004708 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4709 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004710 return QualType();
4711 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004712 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004713 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4714 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4715 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004716 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004717 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4718 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004719 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004720 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004721 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004722 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb35984a2009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004723 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4724 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4725 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4726 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4727 return QualType();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004728 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004729 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004730 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4731 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4732 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004733 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4734 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004735 return QualType();
4736 }
Douglas Gregor62f78762009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004737 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4738 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004739 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004740 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004741 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004742 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4743 // scope qualifier for the class.
4744 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4745 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004746 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4747 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4748 Diag(OpLoc,
4749 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4750 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4751 return QualType();
4752 }
4753
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004754 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4755 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson64371472009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004756 }
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004757 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004758 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004759 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004760 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004761 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4762 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4763 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4764 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004765 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004766 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004767
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004768 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4769 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4770 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4771 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4772 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4773 }
4774
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004775 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4776 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4777}
4778
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004779QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004780 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4781 return Context.DependentTy;
4782
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004783 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4784 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004786 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4787 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4788 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4789 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00004790 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004791 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792
Steve Naroff329ec222009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004793 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4794 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4795
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004796 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004797 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004798 return QualType();
4799}
4800
4801static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4802 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4803 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4804 switch (Kind) {
4805 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004806 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4807 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004808 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4809 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4810 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4811 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4812 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4813 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4814 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4815 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4816 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4817 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4818 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4819 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4820 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4821 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4822 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4823 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4824 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4825 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4826 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4827 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4828 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4829 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4830 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4831 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4832 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4833 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4834 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4835 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4836 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4837 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4838 }
4839 return Opc;
4840}
4841
4842static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4843 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4844 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4845 switch (Kind) {
4846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4847 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4848 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4849 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4850 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4851 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4852 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4853 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4854 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004855 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4856 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4857 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4858 }
4859 return Opc;
4860}
4861
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004862/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4863/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4864/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004865Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4866 unsigned Op,
4867 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004868 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004869 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004870 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4871 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4872 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004873
4874 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004875 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4876 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4877 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004878 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4879 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4880 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4881 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4882 break;
4883 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004884 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4885 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4886 break;
4887 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4888 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4889 break;
4890 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4891 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4892 break;
4893 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4894 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4895 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004896 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004897 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4898 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4899 break;
4900 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4901 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4902 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4903 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004904 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004905 break;
4906 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4907 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004908 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004909 break;
4910 case BinaryOperator::And:
4911 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4912 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4913 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4914 break;
4915 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4916 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4917 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4918 break;
4919 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4920 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004921 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4922 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4923 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4924 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004925 break;
4926 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004927 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4928 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4929 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4930 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004931 break;
4932 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004933 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4934 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4935 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004936 break;
4937 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004938 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4939 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4940 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004941 break;
4942 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4943 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004944 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4945 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4946 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4947 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004948 break;
4949 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4950 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4951 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004952 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4953 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4954 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4955 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004956 break;
4957 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4958 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4959 break;
4960 }
4961 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004962 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004963 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004964 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4965 else
4966 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004967 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4968 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004969}
4970
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004971// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004972Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4973 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4974 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004975 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004976 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004977
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004978 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4979 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004980
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004981 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4982 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4983 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4984 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4985 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4986 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4987 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004988 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004989 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4990 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4991 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4992 Functions);
4993 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4994 DeclarationName OpName
4995 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4996 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004997 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004998
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004999 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5000 // binary operation.
5001 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005002 }
5003
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005004 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5005 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005006}
5007
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005008Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5009 unsigned OpcIn,
5010 ExprArg InputArg) {
5011 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005012
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005013 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005014 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005015 QualType resultType;
5016 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005017 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5018 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
5019 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5020 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5021 break;
5022
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005023 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5024 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005025 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
5026 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005027 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005029 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5030 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005031 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005032 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005033 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5034 break;
5035 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5036 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
5037 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5038 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005039 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5040 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005041 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5042 break;
5043 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5044 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5045 break;
5046 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5047 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5048 resultType->isPointerType())
5049 break;
5050
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005051 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5052 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005053 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
5054 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5055 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005056 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5057 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005058 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5059 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5060 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005062 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005063 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005064 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5065 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005066 break;
5067 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5068 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
5069 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5070 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005071 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5072 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005073 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005074 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5075 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005076 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005077 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5078 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005079 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005080 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005081 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005082 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005083 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005084 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005085 resultType = Input->getType();
5086 break;
5087 }
5088 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005089 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005090
5091 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005092 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005093}
5094
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005095// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5096Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5097 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5098 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5099 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5100
5101 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5102 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5103 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5104 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5105 // the arguments.
5106 FunctionSet Functions;
5107 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5108 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5109 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5110 Functions);
5111 DeclarationName OpName
5112 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5113 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5114 }
5115
5116 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5117 }
5118
5119 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5120}
5121
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005122/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005123Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5124 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5125 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005126 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005127 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005128
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005129 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5130 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005131 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005132 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005133
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005134 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005135 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5136 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005137}
5138
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005139Sema::OwningExprResult
5140Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5141 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5142 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005143 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5144 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5145
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005146 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005147 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005148 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005149
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005150 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5151 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5152 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005153
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005154 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5155 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5156 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005157
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005158 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5159 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5160 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5161 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5162 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005163
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005164 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005165 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005166 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005167
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005168 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5169 // expressions are not lvalues.
5170
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005171 substmt.release();
5172 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00005173}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005174
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005175Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5176 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5177 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5178 TypeTy *argty,
5179 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5180 unsigned NumComponents,
5181 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5182 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5183 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005184 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5185 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005187 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5188
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005189 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5190 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5191 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005192 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005193 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005194
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005195 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5196 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005197
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005198 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5199 // the offsetof designators.
5200 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5201 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005202 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005203 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005204
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005205 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5206 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005207 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5208 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005209 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005210 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5211 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005212
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005213 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005214 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005215
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005216 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5217 // leaks like a sieve.
5218 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5219 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5220 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5221 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5222 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5223 if (!AT) {
5224 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005225 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5226 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005227 }
5228
5229 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5230
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005231 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5232 // expression.
5233 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5234
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005235 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5236 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005237 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005238 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005239 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005240 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005241 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005242
5243 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5244 OC.LocEnd);
5245 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005246 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005247
Ted Kremenekd9b39bf2009-07-17 17:50:17 +00005248 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005249 if (!RC) {
5250 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005251 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5252 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005253 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005254
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005255 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5256 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005257 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005258 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005259 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5260 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5261 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005262 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5263 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005264 }
5265
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005266 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5267 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5268 LookupMemberName)
5269 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005270 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005271 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005272 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5273 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005274
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005275 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5276 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005277 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005278 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5279 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005280 } else {
5281 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5282 // doesn't matter here.
5283 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5284 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5285 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005286 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005287 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005288
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005289 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5290 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005291}
5292
5293
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005294Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5295 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5296 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005297 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5298 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005299
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005300 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005301
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005302 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5303 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5304 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5305 return ExprError();
5306 }
5307
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005308 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5309 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005310}
5311
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005312Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5313 ExprArg cond,
5314 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5315 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5316 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5317 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5318 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005319
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005320 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5321
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005322 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005323 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005324 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5325 } else {
5326 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5327 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5328 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5329 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005330 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5331 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5332 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005333
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005334 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5335 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5336 }
5337
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005338 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5339 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5340 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005341}
5342
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005343//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5344// Clang Extensions.
5345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5346
5347/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005348void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005349 // Analyze block parameters.
5350 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005351
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005352 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5353 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5354 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005355
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005356 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005357 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005358 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005359 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5360 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005361
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005362 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005363 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005364}
5365
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005366void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005367 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005368
5369 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5370 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005371 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005372 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5373
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005374 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5375 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5376 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5377 return;
5378 }
5379
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005380 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5381 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5382 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5383
5384 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5385 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005386 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005387 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005388 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005389 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005390 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5391 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005392 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5393
5394 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5395 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5396 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5397 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5398 return;
5399 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005400 return;
5401 }
5402
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005403 // Analyze arguments to block.
5404 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5405 "Not a function declarator!");
5406 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005407
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005408 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5409 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005410
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005411 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5412 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5413 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5414 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005415 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5416 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005417 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005418 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005419 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5420 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005421 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005422 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005423 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005424 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005425 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005426 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005427 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005428 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5429 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5430 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5431 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5432 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005433
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005434 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005435 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argiris Kirtzidisfe5f9732009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005436 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005437 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005438 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005439 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5440 }
5441
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005442 // Analyze the return type.
5443 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5444 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5445
5446 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5447 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5448 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5449 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5450 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005451 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005452}
5453
5454/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5455/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5456void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5457 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5458 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005459
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005460 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5461
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005462 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005463 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005464 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005465 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005466}
5467
5468/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5469/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005470Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5471 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005472 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5473 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5474 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5475
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005476 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5477 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005478
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005479 PopDeclContext();
5480
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005481 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5482 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005484 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005485 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5486 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005488 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5489 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5490 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005491
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005492 QualType BlockTy;
5493 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005494 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005495 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005496 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005497 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005498
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005499 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005500 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005501 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005502
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005503 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5504 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5505 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5506 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5507
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005508 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005509 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5510 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005511}
5512
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005513Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5514 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5515 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005516 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005517 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5518 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5519
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005520 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005521
5522 // Get the va_list type
5523 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005524 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5525 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5526 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5527 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005528 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005529 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5530 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5531 } else {
5532 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5533 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005534 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5535 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005536 return ExprError();
5537 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005538
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005539 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5540 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005541 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5542 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005543 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005544 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005545
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005546 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005547 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005548
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005549 expr.release();
5550 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5551 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005552}
5553
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005554Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005555 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5556 // pointers on the target.
5557 QualType Ty;
5558 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5559 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5560 else
5561 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5562
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005563 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005564}
5565
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005566bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5567 SourceLocation Loc,
5568 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5569 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5570 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5571 bool isInvalid = false;
5572 unsigned DiagKind;
5573 switch (ConvTy) {
5574 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5575 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005576 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005577 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5578 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005579 case IntToPointer:
5580 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5581 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005582 case IncompatiblePointer:
5583 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5584 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005585 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5586 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5587 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005588 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5589 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5590 break;
5591 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005592 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5593 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5594 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5595 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5596 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5597 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5598 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5599 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5600 // C++ semantics.
5601 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5602 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5603 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005604 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5605 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005606 case IntToBlockPointer:
5607 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5608 break;
5609 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005610 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005611 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005612 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005613 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005614 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5615 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5616 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005617 case IncompatibleVectors:
5618 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5619 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005620 case Incompatible:
5621 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5622 isInvalid = true;
5623 break;
5624 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005625
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005626 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5627 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005628 return isInvalid;
5629}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005630
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005631bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005632 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5633 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5634 if (Result)
5635 *Result = ICEResult;
5636 return false;
5637 }
5638
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005639 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5640
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005641 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005642 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5643 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5644
5645 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5646 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5647 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5648 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5649 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5650 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5651 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005652
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005653 return true;
5654 }
5655
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005656 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5657 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005658
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005659 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5660 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5661 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005663 if (Result)
5664 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5665 return false;
5666}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005667
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005668Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5669Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5670 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5671 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5672 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5673
5674 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5675 return NewContext;
5676}
5677
5678void
5679Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5680 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5681 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5682
5683 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5684 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5685 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5686 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5687 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5688 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5689 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5690
5691 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5692 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5693 I != IEnd; ++I)
5694 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5695 }
5696}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005697
5698/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5699///
5700/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5701/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5702/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5703/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5704///
5705/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5706///
5707/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5708void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5709 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5710
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005711 if (D->isUsed())
5712 return;
5713
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005714 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5715 // template or not.
5716 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5717 D->setUsed(true);
5718
5719 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5720 // an instantiation.
5721 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5722 return;
5723
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005724 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5725 case Unevaluated:
5726 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5727 return;
5728
5729 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5730 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5731 // "used"; handle this below.
5732 break;
5733
5734 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5735 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5736 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5737 // potentially evaluated.
5738 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5739 return;
5740 }
5741
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005742 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005743 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005744 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005745 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5746 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5747 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5748 }
Fariborz Jahanian599778e2009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005749 else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5750 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
5751 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5752 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5753 }
Fariborz Jahanian368cc6c2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005754 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5755 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5756 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5757
Fariborz Jahaniand67364c2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005758 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5759 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5760 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5761 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5762 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5763 }
5764 }
Fariborz Jahanianb12bd432009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005765 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005766 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5767 // class templates.
Argiris Kirtzidisccb9efe2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005768 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor6f5e0542009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005769 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5770 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5771 // instantiated, naturally).
5772 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5773 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregordcdb3842009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005774 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005775 }
5776
5777
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005778 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005779 Function->setUsed(true);
5780 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005781 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005782
5783 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5784 (void)Var;
5785 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5786 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5787 D->setUsed(true);
5788 }
5789}
5790